1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1006 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1007 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1013 /* xgettext:c-format */
1014 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1019 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1021 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1023 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1025 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1027 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1029 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1031 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1152 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1154 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1156 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1316 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1319 static reloc_howto_type
*
1320 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1323 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1324 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1325 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1326 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1327 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1331 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1332 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1333 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1335 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1337 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1338 completely unnecessary. */
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1340 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1342 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1343 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1344 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1350 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1353 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1358 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1359 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1362 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1363 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1365 /* xgettext:c-format */
1366 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1371 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1372 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1374 /* xgettext:c-format */
1375 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1384 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1386 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1388 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1389 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1393 bfd_size_type octets
;
1396 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1397 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1399 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1400 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1401 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1403 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1404 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1406 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1408 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1411 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1413 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1414 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1415 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1418 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1419 value
= symbol
->value
;
1420 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1421 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1422 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1423 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1424 + input_section
->output_offset
1425 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1426 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1428 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1431 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1433 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1434 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1435 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1438 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1443 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1444 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1445 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1447 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1448 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1450 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1451 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1453 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1454 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1455 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1456 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1460 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1462 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1463 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1464 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1468 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1470 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1472 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1474 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1480 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1482 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1485 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1486 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1487 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1488 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1491 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1492 bfd_size_type octets
;
1493 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1494 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1496 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1497 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1499 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1500 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1501 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1503 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1504 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1505 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1506 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1507 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1509 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1513 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1514 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1515 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1516 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1518 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1528 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1529 target
= symbol
->value
;
1530 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1531 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1532 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1534 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1535 + input_section
->output_offset
1536 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1538 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1539 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1542 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1544 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1545 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1548 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1549 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1550 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1551 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1553 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1554 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1556 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1557 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1558 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1560 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1570 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1571 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1573 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1574 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1575 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1577 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1578 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1580 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1581 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1582 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1585 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1586 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1587 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1588 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1601 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1603 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1604 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1605 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1608 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1609 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1610 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1611 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1615 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1616 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1618 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1619 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1620 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1622 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1624 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1626 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1627 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1629 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1630 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1631 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1634 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1635 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1636 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1637 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1640 bfd_size_type octets
;
1642 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1643 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1645 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1646 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1647 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1649 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1651 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1653 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1654 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1658 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1659 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1660 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1661 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1666 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1667 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1668 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1674 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1675 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1676 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1677 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1678 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1679 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1681 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1683 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1684 + input_section
->output_offset
1685 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1688 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1689 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1690 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1693 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1694 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1695 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1696 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1697 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1700 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1702 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1703 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1705 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1706 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1708 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1709 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1710 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1712 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1714 static char buf
[60];
1715 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1716 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1717 *error_message
= buf
;
1719 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1722 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1723 than one got entry per symbol. */
1726 struct got_entry
*next
;
1728 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1731 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1732 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1733 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1734 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1735 we merge entries within the group.
1737 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1740 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1741 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1742 unsigned char tls_type
;
1744 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1745 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1747 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1750 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1752 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1756 /* The same for PLT. */
1759 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1765 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1770 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1772 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1774 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1778 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1779 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1780 asection
*deleted_section
;
1782 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1783 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1784 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1788 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1791 /* Section contents. */
1795 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1796 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1797 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1799 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1800 instruction not one we handle. */
1801 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1803 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1805 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1808 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1809 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1811 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1812 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1814 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1815 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1816 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1818 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1821 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1823 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1827 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1828 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1831 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1833 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1836 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1840 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1842 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1843 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1844 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1847 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1850 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1853 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1855 size_t offset
, size
;
1857 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1870 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1871 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1872 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1876 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1878 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1882 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1884 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1886 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1892 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1902 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1905 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1906 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1907 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1908 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1910 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1911 -Wstringop-truncation:
1912 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1914 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1916 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1922 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1934 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1935 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1937 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1938 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1939 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1940 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1941 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1944 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1949 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1954 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1955 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1956 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1957 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1958 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1959 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1962 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1968 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1970 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1974 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1975 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1976 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1977 struct _opd_sec_data
1979 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1980 asection
**func_sec
;
1982 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1986 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1987 struct _toc_sec_data
1989 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1992 /* And the relocation addend. */
1997 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1999 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2000 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2001 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2003 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2004 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2006 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2008 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2011 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2012 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2015 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2017 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2019 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2020 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2022 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2025 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2028 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2032 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2034 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2036 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2037 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2043 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2044 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2049 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2053 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2054 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2055 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2057 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2060 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2062 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2063 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2065 /* Section symbols first. */
2066 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2068 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2071 /* then .opd symbols. */
2072 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2074 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2075 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2077 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2078 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2082 /* then other code symbols. */
2083 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2084 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2085 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2086 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2089 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2090 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2091 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2092 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2095 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2097 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2100 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2104 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2107 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2110 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2111 syms over other syms. */
2112 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2115 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2118 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2136 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2137 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2138 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2139 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2140 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2141 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2149 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2152 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2157 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2161 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2162 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2164 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2174 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2175 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2177 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2179 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2181 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2191 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2193 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2194 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2195 && section
->vma
<= vma
2196 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2199 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2200 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2201 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2204 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2206 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2212 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2213 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2214 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2216 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2222 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2223 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2235 symcount
= static_count
;
2237 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2241 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2245 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2247 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2248 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2249 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2250 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2252 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2253 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2255 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2257 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2258 function, and notype symbols. */
2259 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2260 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2261 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2262 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2265 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2266 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2267 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2269 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2271 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2272 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2273 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2274 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2275 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2276 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2277 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2279 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2280 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2282 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2283 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2284 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2285 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2286 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2292 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2293 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2294 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2295 to this function is the real binary. */
2296 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2300 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2301 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2302 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2303 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2304 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2308 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2309 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2313 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2314 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2320 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2321 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2329 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2334 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2337 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2338 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2342 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2349 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2353 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2354 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2357 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2360 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2363 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2366 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2367 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2368 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2371 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2372 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2378 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2385 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2387 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2391 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2392 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2395 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2398 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2401 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2404 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2405 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2406 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2412 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2413 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2416 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2417 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2419 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2420 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2421 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2428 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2429 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2431 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2432 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2433 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2436 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2438 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2440 free_contents_and_exit
:
2446 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2450 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2451 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2454 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2455 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2458 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2459 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2463 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2465 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2467 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2469 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2471 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2472 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2474 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2475 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2478 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2479 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2481 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2482 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2484 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2487 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2489 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2490 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2491 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2492 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2493 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2494 glink stubs now reside. */
2495 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2506 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2507 from the first glink stub. */
2509 unsigned int off
= 0;
2511 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2512 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2514 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2516 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2519 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2528 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2530 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2534 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2537 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2538 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2540 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2541 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2543 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2545 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2551 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2552 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2554 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2556 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2558 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2562 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2565 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2566 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2570 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2577 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2578 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2580 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2584 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2589 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2590 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2592 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2596 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2598 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2603 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2604 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2607 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2608 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2610 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2611 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2612 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2618 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2622 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2623 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2625 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2627 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2629 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2630 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2631 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2636 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2637 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2638 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2639 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2640 a) finding the stubs, and,
2641 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2642 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2644 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2645 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2646 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2647 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2648 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2649 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2650 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2651 for pending shared library loads. */
2652 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2653 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2657 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2658 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2659 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2660 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2661 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2662 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2664 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2667 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2668 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2672 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2673 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2674 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2675 names
+= strlen (names
);
2677 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2678 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2698 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2699 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2700 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2701 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2702 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2703 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2706 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2707 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2708 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2715 The function definition in another object file might be:
2719 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2725 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2726 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2727 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2728 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2729 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2737 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2738 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2739 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2747 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2749 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2750 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2753 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2754 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2755 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2756 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2757 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2758 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2759 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2760 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2761 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2762 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2763 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2764 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2766 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2767 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2768 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2770 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2771 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2772 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2775 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2776 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2781 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2782 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2783 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2784 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2798 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2799 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2800 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2801 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2812 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2813 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2814 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2818 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2819 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2820 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2821 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2822 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2823 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2824 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2825 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2826 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2827 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2828 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2829 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2830 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2831 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2832 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2833 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2835 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2837 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2840 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2841 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2842 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2845 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2846 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2847 reach its destination.
2848 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2849 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2854 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2855 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2856 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2857 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2858 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2861 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2862 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2865 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2866 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2867 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2869 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2870 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2873 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2875 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2876 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2877 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2878 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2882 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2883 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2884 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2885 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2886 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2887 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2888 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2889 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2890 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2891 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2892 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2898 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2899 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2902 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2923 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2924 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2926 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2927 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2928 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2932 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2933 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2934 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2936 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2937 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2938 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2940 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2941 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2945 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2946 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2948 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2949 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2953 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2954 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2955 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2957 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2961 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2962 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2963 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2964 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2965 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2966 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2967 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2968 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2969 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2970 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2971 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2972 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2973 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2975 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2976 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2977 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2978 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2979 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2985 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2986 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2987 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2988 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2989 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2990 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2991 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2992 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2994 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2996 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2997 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3001 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3004 /* The stub section. */
3006 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3009 struct map_stub
*next
;
3010 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3013 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3014 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3015 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3016 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3017 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3018 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3019 unsigned int eh_size
;
3020 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3021 unsigned int eh_base
;
3024 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3026 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3027 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3029 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3031 /* Group information. */
3032 struct map_stub
*group
;
3034 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3035 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3037 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3038 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3039 bfd_vma target_value
;
3040 asection
*target_section
;
3042 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3044 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3047 unsigned char symtype
;
3049 /* Symbol st_other. */
3050 unsigned char other
;
3053 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3055 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3056 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3058 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3059 unsigned int offset
;
3061 /* Generation marker. */
3065 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3068 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3070 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3073 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3074 unsigned int count
: 31;
3076 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3077 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3082 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3086 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3088 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3090 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3091 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3094 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3097 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3098 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3099 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3100 unsigned int fake
:1;
3102 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3103 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3104 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3105 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3107 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3108 with non-standard calling convention. */
3109 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3111 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3112 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3113 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3130 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3131 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3133 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3134 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3135 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3136 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3137 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3140 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3143 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3146 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3152 /* The stub hash table. */
3153 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3155 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3156 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3158 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3159 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3161 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3162 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3164 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3165 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3167 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3168 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3169 non-ppc64 sections. */
3172 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3177 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3178 struct map_stub
*group
;
3179 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3184 /* Linked list of groups. */
3185 struct map_stub
*group
;
3187 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3190 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3192 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3195 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3197 asection
*global_entry
;
3200 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3203 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3205 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3206 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3207 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3210 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3212 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3213 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3216 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3218 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3219 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3221 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3222 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3224 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3225 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3226 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3227 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3228 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3230 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3231 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3233 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3234 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3237 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3239 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3240 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3242 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3243 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3244 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3246 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3247 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3249 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3250 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3252 /* Whether to use power10 instructions in linkage stubs. */
3253 unsigned int power10_stubs
:1;
3255 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3256 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3258 /* Small local sym cache. */
3259 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3262 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3265 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3266 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3268 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3270 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3272 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3273 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3275 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3277 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3279 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3280 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3281 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3283 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3285 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3286 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3287 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3289 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3290 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3291 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3293 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3294 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3295 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3297 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3299 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3300 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3301 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3304 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3308 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3313 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3314 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3317 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3319 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3320 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3321 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3323 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3324 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3325 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3334 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3336 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3337 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3338 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3341 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3345 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3350 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3351 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3354 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3356 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3357 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3365 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3367 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3368 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3369 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3372 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3376 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3381 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3382 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3385 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3387 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3388 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3389 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3391 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3392 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3393 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3394 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3396 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3397 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3399 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3401 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3402 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3403 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3405 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3407 if (string
[0] == '.')
3409 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3411 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3412 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3413 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3420 struct tocsave_entry
3427 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3429 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3430 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3434 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3436 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3437 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3438 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3441 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3444 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3446 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3448 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3449 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3450 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3451 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3452 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3453 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3456 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3458 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3459 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3461 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3462 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3464 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3468 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3469 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3476 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3477 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3478 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3480 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3484 /* And the branch hash table. */
3485 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3486 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3488 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3489 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3493 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3497 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3499 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3502 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3504 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3505 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3506 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3507 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3508 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3509 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3510 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3511 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3512 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3513 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3514 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3515 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3517 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3520 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3523 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3525 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3528 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3530 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3531 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3532 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3534 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3535 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3537 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3538 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3542 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3545 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3546 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3548 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3549 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3552 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3553 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3554 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3556 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3557 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3560 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3562 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3563 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3564 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3567 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3572 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3573 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3574 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3575 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3578 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3579 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3581 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3582 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3583 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3586 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3587 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3588 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3589 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3591 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3592 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3595 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3597 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3599 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3600 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3603 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3606 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3607 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3609 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3610 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3611 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3615 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3616 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3617 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3623 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3626 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3627 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3629 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3631 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3633 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3634 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3635 the start of the output TOC section. */
3636 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3637 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3638 htab
->params
= params
;
3640 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3643 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3646 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3647 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3648 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3649 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3654 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3655 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3656 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3657 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3661 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3662 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3663 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3666 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3667 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3668 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3669 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3673 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3674 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3675 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3678 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3679 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3680 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3681 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3682 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3684 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3685 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3689 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3690 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3692 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3693 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3694 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3695 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3696 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3697 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3699 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3700 struct map_stub
*group
;
3702 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3703 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3704 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3705 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3706 distinguish between them. */
3707 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3711 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3712 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3713 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3715 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3721 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3722 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3725 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3726 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3728 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3736 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3737 stub entry are initialised. */
3739 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3740 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3744 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3745 struct map_stub
*group
;
3748 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3750 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3751 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3752 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3753 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3759 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3760 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3761 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3765 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3766 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3767 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3768 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3770 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3773 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3774 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3776 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3778 /* xgettext:c-format */
3779 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3780 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3784 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3785 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3789 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3790 not already done. */
3793 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3795 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3797 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3799 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3805 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3808 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3809 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3811 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3813 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3816 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3817 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3819 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3822 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3823 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3827 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3829 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3830 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3832 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3833 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3838 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3839 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3841 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3844 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3845 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3847 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3850 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3853 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3854 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3856 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3858 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3860 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3861 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3863 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3865 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3867 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3868 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3870 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3877 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3880 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3881 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3885 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3888 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3889 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3892 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3894 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3895 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3897 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3898 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3899 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3900 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3901 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3903 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3904 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3905 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3906 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3907 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3908 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3909 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3911 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3912 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3913 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3914 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3915 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3917 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3920 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3921 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3923 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3925 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3926 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3928 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3929 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3930 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3932 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3934 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3935 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3937 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3938 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3945 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3948 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3949 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3952 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3953 symbol which just became indirect. */
3954 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3956 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3958 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3959 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3961 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3963 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3965 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3966 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3967 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3968 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3970 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3977 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3980 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3981 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3984 /* And plt entries. */
3985 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3987 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3989 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3990 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3991 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3992 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3993 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3994 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3995 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3999 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4000 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4002 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4003 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4005 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4009 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4011 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4012 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4016 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4022 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4023 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4028 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4030 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4031 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4032 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4034 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4035 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4036 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4037 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4041 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4042 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4043 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4044 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4047 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4048 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4050 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4057 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4061 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4062 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4063 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4065 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4070 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4074 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4075 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4076 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4078 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4079 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4080 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4081 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4082 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4083 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4084 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4086 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4087 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4090 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4091 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4092 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4094 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4096 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4099 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4101 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4102 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4103 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4105 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4106 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4115 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4118 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4119 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4120 bfd_boolean definition
,
4121 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4123 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4124 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4125 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4128 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4129 we now have a real symbol. */
4132 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4133 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4134 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4135 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4136 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4137 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4138 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4140 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4141 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4142 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4146 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4147 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4148 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4149 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4151 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4152 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4153 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4160 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4162 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4163 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4164 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4170 len
= strlen (name
);
4171 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4172 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4173 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4175 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4176 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4177 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4181 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4182 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4186 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4187 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4188 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4189 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4190 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4191 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4192 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4193 function entry symbol is used. */
4196 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4198 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4199 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4201 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4202 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4204 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4207 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4210 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4214 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4216 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4217 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4218 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4219 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4221 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4222 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4224 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4231 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4232 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4234 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4235 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4236 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4237 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4238 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4239 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4241 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4242 descriptor symbol. */
4243 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4244 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4245 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4246 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4248 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4249 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4250 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4251 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4252 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4253 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4254 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4255 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4257 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4265 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4266 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4269 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4271 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4272 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4273 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4275 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4277 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4278 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4280 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4281 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4282 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4284 /* xgettext:c-format */
4285 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4286 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4292 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4294 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4295 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4296 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4297 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4298 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4299 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4300 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4301 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4302 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4303 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4306 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4310 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4311 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4312 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4313 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4314 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4315 && info
->gc_sections
)
4317 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4318 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4319 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4320 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4321 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4322 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4323 information about the associated function section. */
4325 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4327 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4329 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4330 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4331 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4333 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4334 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4338 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4339 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4340 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4342 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4343 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4345 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4346 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4347 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4349 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4352 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4355 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4360 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4361 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4362 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4365 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4369 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4370 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4373 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4375 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4376 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4377 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4378 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4380 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4381 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4384 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4389 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4390 not to be needed. */
4393 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4394 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4395 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4397 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4399 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4404 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4406 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4409 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4410 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4413 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4415 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4416 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4417 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4419 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4420 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4421 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4423 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4426 static struct plt_entry
**
4427 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4428 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4430 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4431 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4432 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4434 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4436 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4438 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4439 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4440 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4441 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4442 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4444 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4447 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4449 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4451 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4452 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4453 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4454 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4458 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4459 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4462 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4463 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4465 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4466 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4467 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4468 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4470 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4473 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4474 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4475 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4477 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4481 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4483 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4485 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4486 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4490 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4491 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4495 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4496 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4499 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4504 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4506 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4507 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4509 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4510 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4511 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4512 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4513 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4519 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4522 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4524 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4525 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4526 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4527 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4528 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4529 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4530 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4531 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4534 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4535 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4536 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4539 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4540 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4542 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4544 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4545 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4546 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4548 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4551 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4554 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4556 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4560 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4561 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4562 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4563 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4564 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4565 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4567 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4568 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4569 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4571 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4573 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4575 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4576 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4578 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4579 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4583 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4584 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4586 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4587 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4590 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4594 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4595 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4596 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4598 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4599 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4600 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4601 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4602 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4603 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4604 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4605 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4606 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4607 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4608 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4609 htab
->power10_stubs
= 1;
4617 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4618 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4619 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4620 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4621 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4622 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4623 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4624 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4625 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4627 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4629 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4630 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4631 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4632 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4633 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4634 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4635 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4636 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4645 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4648 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4653 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4658 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4660 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4662 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4673 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4674 its parameter symbol. */
4676 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4678 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4680 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4682 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4685 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4686 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4687 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4688 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4689 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4690 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4693 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4694 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4695 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4696 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4697 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4698 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4701 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4702 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4703 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4704 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4705 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4706 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4707 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4708 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4711 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4712 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4713 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4714 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4715 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4716 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4718 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4722 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4723 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4724 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4725 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4726 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4727 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4729 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4730 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4731 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4732 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4733 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4734 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4735 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4736 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4738 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4739 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4742 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4743 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4748 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4749 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4751 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4752 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4753 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4754 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4755 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4759 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4760 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4763 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4764 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4766 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4767 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4768 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4769 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4771 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4772 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4775 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4776 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4777 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4781 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4782 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4783 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4784 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4785 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4786 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4789 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4794 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4795 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4796 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4797 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4798 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4800 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4801 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4803 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4804 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4808 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4809 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4810 section relative. */
4811 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4812 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4813 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4814 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4815 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4816 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4817 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4818 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4819 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4820 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4821 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4822 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4823 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4824 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4825 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4826 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4827 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4828 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4833 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4834 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4835 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4836 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4837 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4838 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4839 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4840 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4841 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4842 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4843 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4844 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4845 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4846 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4849 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4850 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4851 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4853 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4855 /* xgettext:c-format */
4856 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4857 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4858 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4859 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4860 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4867 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4868 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4870 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4871 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4872 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4873 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4874 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4875 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4877 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4879 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4880 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4881 these relocations is emitted. */
4891 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4892 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4893 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4894 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4898 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4899 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4900 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4901 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4906 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4907 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4909 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4911 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4912 we are going to need a stub. */
4915 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4916 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4917 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4918 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4922 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4924 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4929 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4933 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4937 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4938 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4939 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4943 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4949 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4950 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4951 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4953 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4955 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4957 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4958 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4959 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4963 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4964 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4966 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4969 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4970 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4972 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4976 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4977 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4978 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4979 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4982 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4983 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4984 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4985 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4988 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4989 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4990 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4991 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4992 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4994 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4997 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4998 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5000 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5001 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5002 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5003 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5007 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5009 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5011 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5012 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5015 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5016 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5020 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5021 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5022 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5023 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5025 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5026 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5027 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5029 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5030 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5032 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5033 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5034 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5036 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5037 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5038 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5039 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5040 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5041 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5044 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5045 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5046 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5047 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5048 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5049 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5050 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5051 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5052 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5053 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5054 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5055 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5056 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5057 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5058 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5061 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5063 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5064 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5067 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5071 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5074 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5075 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5076 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5077 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5078 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5079 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5080 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5081 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5082 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5084 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5085 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5086 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5087 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5088 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5089 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5090 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5092 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5093 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5095 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5096 function in a shared lib. */
5097 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5099 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5106 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5107 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5108 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5109 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5111 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5112 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5115 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5116 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5119 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5120 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5121 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5122 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5123 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5124 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5125 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5126 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5127 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5128 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5129 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5130 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5131 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5132 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5133 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5136 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5137 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5138 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5142 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5143 || !h
->def_regular
))
5145 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5146 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5147 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5148 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5149 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5152 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5153 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5157 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5158 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5164 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5165 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5168 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5169 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5171 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5173 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5175 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5185 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5190 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5191 We really need local syms available to do this
5193 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5194 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5195 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5198 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5200 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5205 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5209 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5210 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5211 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5213 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5215 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5217 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5223 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5239 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5240 object file when linking. */
5243 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5245 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5246 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5248 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5251 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5254 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5257 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5258 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5260 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5263 /* xgettext:c-format */
5264 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5265 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5268 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5271 /* xgettext:c-format */
5272 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5273 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5278 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5281 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5282 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5286 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5288 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5289 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5291 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5295 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5298 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5299 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5300 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5307 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5308 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5309 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5312 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5314 asection
**code_sec
,
5316 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5318 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5319 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5320 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5323 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5324 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5325 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5327 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5329 if (contents
== NULL
)
5331 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5332 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5333 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5336 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5337 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5338 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5340 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5341 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5343 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5349 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5355 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5357 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5358 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5363 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5364 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5370 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5372 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5374 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5375 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5377 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5379 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5381 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5385 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5386 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5388 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5394 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5395 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5397 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5398 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5400 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5401 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5403 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5406 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5407 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5410 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5411 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5412 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5414 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5416 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5417 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5424 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5426 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5428 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5431 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5432 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5437 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5443 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5449 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5452 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5453 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5456 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5457 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5459 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5461 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5466 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5467 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5476 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5477 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5478 otherwise return zero. */
5480 static bfd_size_type
5481 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5486 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5487 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5491 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5492 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5494 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5496 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5497 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5500 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5501 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5503 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5504 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5505 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5506 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5512 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5513 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5515 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5516 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5517 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5518 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5519 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5520 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5521 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5522 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5523 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5524 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5525 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5526 disable caching for such functions. */
5532 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5534 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5541 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5542 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5543 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5546 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5549 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5550 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5551 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5552 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5553 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5554 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5557 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5560 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5562 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5563 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5564 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5565 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5568 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5569 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5571 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5572 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5574 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5576 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5577 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5578 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5584 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5585 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5587 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5588 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5591 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5593 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5594 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5595 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5601 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5602 value in the output file. */
5605 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5607 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5608 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5609 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5612 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5615 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5616 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5618 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5619 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5622 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5624 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5627 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5629 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5631 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5633 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5634 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5636 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5639 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5642 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5644 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5645 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5650 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5652 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5655 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5656 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5659 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5660 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5663 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5666 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5667 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5669 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5670 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5671 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5672 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5673 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5675 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5676 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5680 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5681 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5685 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5688 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5689 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5690 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5692 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5693 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5697 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5698 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5699 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5700 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5701 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5702 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5703 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5704 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5705 || info
->export_dynamic
5708 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5709 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5710 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5711 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5712 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5715 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5717 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5719 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5720 function code sym section to be marked. */
5721 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5724 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5725 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5727 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5728 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5729 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5730 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5731 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5737 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5741 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5743 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5745 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5749 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5750 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5752 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5757 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5758 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5760 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5763 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5764 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5768 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5770 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5771 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5772 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5773 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5776 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5777 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5778 against garbage collection. */
5780 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5781 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5785 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5786 function code sym section to be marked. */
5787 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5790 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5791 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5793 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5795 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5796 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5797 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5798 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5799 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5801 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5804 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5805 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5809 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5815 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5817 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5818 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5819 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5823 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5830 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5831 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5833 struct sfpr_def_parms
5835 const char name
[12];
5836 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5837 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5838 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5841 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5842 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5846 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5847 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5850 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5852 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5853 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5859 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5862 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5864 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5866 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5867 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5868 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5869 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5870 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5873 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5874 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5878 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5879 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5882 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5884 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5885 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5886 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5887 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5890 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5891 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5893 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5901 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5903 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5904 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5905 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5906 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5907 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5909 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5911 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5913 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5914 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5915 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5922 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5924 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5926 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5927 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5935 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5937 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5942 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5944 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5945 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5947 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5952 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5954 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5959 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5961 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5963 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5964 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5968 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5969 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5971 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5976 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5978 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5983 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5985 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5986 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5991 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5993 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5998 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6000 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6001 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6006 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6008 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6013 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6015 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6016 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6018 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6023 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6025 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6030 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6032 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6034 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6035 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6039 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6040 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6042 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6047 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6049 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6055 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6057 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6058 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6063 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6065 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6067 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6072 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6074 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6075 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6080 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6082 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6084 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6089 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6091 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6092 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6096 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6097 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6099 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6100 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6103 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6107 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6109 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6114 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6117 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6120 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6125 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6128 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6131 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6137 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6138 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6141 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6147 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6149 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6152 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6157 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6159 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6162 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6167 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6169 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6174 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6175 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6176 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6179 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6181 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6182 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6183 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6184 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6185 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6187 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6188 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6194 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6195 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6199 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6203 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6204 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6206 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6207 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6208 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6209 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6210 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6211 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6212 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6213 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6214 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6215 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6216 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6217 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6218 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6220 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6221 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6222 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6223 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6226 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6228 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6230 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6231 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6237 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6239 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6240 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6241 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6243 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6248 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6251 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6252 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6253 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6255 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6258 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6259 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6260 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6261 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6262 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6263 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6264 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6265 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6266 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6268 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6269 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6270 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6274 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6275 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6276 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6277 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6278 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6279 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6280 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6281 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6283 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6284 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6285 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6290 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6292 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6293 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6294 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6295 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6296 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6297 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6298 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6299 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6300 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6301 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6302 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6303 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6306 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6307 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6308 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6309 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6312 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6313 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6315 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6317 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6321 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6322 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6326 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6327 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6328 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6330 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6331 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6334 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6337 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6339 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6340 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6341 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6342 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6343 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6345 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6346 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6347 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6348 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6349 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6351 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6352 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6353 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6356 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6358 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6359 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6365 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6366 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6367 size_dynamic_sections. */
6370 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6372 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6375 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6377 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6379 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6384 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6387 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6389 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6391 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6392 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6397 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6398 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6401 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6403 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6405 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6409 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6410 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6411 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6417 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6418 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6419 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6420 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6424 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6427 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6430 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6434 /* Deal with function syms. */
6435 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6436 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6439 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6440 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6441 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6442 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6443 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6444 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6445 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6446 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6447 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6448 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6449 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6452 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6454 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6456 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6457 won't need a .plt entry. */
6458 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6459 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6460 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6463 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6465 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6466 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6467 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6469 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6471 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6473 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6475 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6476 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6477 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6478 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6479 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6480 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6481 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6482 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6484 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6486 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6487 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6488 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6490 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6492 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6493 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6494 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6495 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6498 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6501 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6502 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6504 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6505 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6506 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6507 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6512 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6514 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6515 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6516 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6517 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6519 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6520 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6521 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6522 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6523 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6524 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6525 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6529 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6530 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6531 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6532 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6533 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6536 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6537 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6538 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6541 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6542 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6544 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6545 || info
->nocopyreloc
6547 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6548 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6549 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6551 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6553 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6554 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6555 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6556 to an incorrect program. */
6557 || h
->protected_def
)
6560 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6561 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6563 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6564 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6565 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6566 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6567 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6568 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6569 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6572 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6573 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6574 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6575 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6576 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6577 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6578 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6579 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6580 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6583 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6584 is not a function. */
6586 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6587 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6588 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6589 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6590 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6591 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6592 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6593 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6594 same memory location for the variable. */
6595 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6597 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6598 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6602 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6603 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6605 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6607 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6608 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6609 and into the runtime process image. */
6610 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6614 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6615 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6616 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6619 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6620 sym and the descriptor. */
6622 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6624 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6626 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6627 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6629 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6632 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6633 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6635 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6640 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6643 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6644 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6645 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6646 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6647 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6648 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6649 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6650 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6652 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6655 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6659 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6660 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6661 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6662 reason the lookup should fail. */
6665 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6666 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6668 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6669 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6679 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6684 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6685 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6687 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6688 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6689 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6692 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6694 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6699 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6700 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6708 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6710 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6711 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6712 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6713 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6717 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6718 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6722 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6723 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6725 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6727 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6728 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6729 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6730 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6731 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6732 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6734 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6736 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6744 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6745 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6747 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6749 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6750 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6753 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6754 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6756 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6757 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6758 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6759 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6760 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6762 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6768 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6769 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6770 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6773 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6774 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6775 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6776 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6777 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6780 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6782 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6783 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6787 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6788 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6791 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6792 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6793 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6795 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6796 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6799 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6802 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6803 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6806 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6807 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6808 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6809 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6810 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6811 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6812 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6813 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6814 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6815 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6817 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6818 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6823 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6825 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6826 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6827 enum insert_option insert
,
6828 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6829 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6832 unsigned long r_indx
;
6833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6834 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6835 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6837 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6839 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6840 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6842 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6845 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6850 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6852 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6853 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6855 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6856 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6857 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6863 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6872 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6873 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6876 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6878 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6880 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6882 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6885 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6886 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6889 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6890 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6893 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6894 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6895 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6897 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6900 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6901 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6904 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6905 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6907 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6911 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6912 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6915 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6916 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6921 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6922 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6923 have already been determined. */
6926 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6928 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6929 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6931 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6933 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6934 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6936 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6937 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6938 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6945 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6946 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6947 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6948 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6949 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6954 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6955 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6956 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6957 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6958 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6959 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6960 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6961 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6962 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6963 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6964 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6965 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6966 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6967 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6968 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6969 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6970 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6974 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6975 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6976 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6977 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6978 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6979 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6980 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6981 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6982 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6983 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6984 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
6985 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
6986 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
6987 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
6988 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
6989 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
6990 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
6991 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
6992 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
6993 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
6996 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
6997 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
6998 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
6999 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7000 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7001 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7002 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7007 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7009 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7010 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7012 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7013 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7018 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7019 || !h
->def_regular
))
7021 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7022 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7023 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7024 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7025 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7027 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7028 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7035 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7036 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7037 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7039 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7040 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7041 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7042 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7043 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7046 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7050 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7062 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7063 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7065 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7067 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7068 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7069 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7072 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7073 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7075 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7078 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7079 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7081 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7092 /* xgettext:c-format */
7093 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7099 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7100 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7101 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7102 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7106 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7109 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7110 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7111 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7113 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7117 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7120 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7123 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7124 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7125 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7127 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7130 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7131 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7134 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7137 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7140 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7141 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7145 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7147 /* Read the relocations. */
7148 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7150 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7153 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7154 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7158 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7159 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7161 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7162 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7164 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7168 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7169 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7171 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7172 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7173 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7175 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7176 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7177 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7178 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7179 optimization for them! */
7182 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7187 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7188 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7191 /* xgettext:c-format */
7192 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7198 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7199 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7203 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7205 const char *sym_name
;
7207 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7209 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7213 /* xgettext:c-format */
7214 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7220 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7221 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7222 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7223 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7224 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7225 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7226 which we test for via the output_section. */
7227 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7228 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7232 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7233 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7234 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7239 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7244 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7251 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7252 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7253 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7255 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7257 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7264 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7266 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7268 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7269 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7270 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7271 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7274 new_contents
= NULL
;
7275 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7276 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7277 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7278 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7281 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7282 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7283 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7284 the third word of .opd entries. */
7285 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7288 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7292 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7294 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7298 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7299 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7302 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7304 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7307 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7308 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7312 wptr
= new_contents
;
7313 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7314 write_rel
= relstart
;
7315 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7317 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7320 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7321 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7323 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7326 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7327 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7332 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7333 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7334 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7337 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7338 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7341 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7343 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7346 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7350 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7352 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7355 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7356 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7357 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7362 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7363 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7366 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7368 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7370 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7371 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7373 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7375 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7380 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7384 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7387 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7388 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7395 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7400 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7401 this location in the opd section. It is
7402 necessary to update the value here rather
7403 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7404 for local symbols, because various places
7405 in the generic ELF code use the value
7406 stored in u.def.value. */
7407 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7408 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7411 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7412 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7413 we'd need to look through the local syms
7414 for the function descriptor sym which we
7415 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7416 array of adjustments. */
7417 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7418 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7421 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7422 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7423 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7425 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7429 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7431 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7433 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7434 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7435 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7440 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7443 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7444 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7447 free (sec
->contents
);
7448 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7451 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7452 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7453 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7454 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7457 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7460 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7461 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7463 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7466 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7471 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7473 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7474 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7475 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7479 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7481 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7483 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7487 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7488 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7491 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7492 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7496 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7500 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7503 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7504 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7510 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7511 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7514 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7516 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7519 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7521 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7525 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7526 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7527 between the call and its destination. */
7528 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7530 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7536 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7543 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7544 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7546 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7548 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7549 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7552 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7553 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7555 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7557 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7561 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7562 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7563 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7564 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7565 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7566 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7567 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7568 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7569 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7570 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7571 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7572 together except their symbol. */
7574 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7579 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7583 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7585 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7586 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7587 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7589 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7591 /* Read the relocations. */
7592 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7594 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7597 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7598 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7600 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7601 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7603 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7605 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7607 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7608 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7609 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7612 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7613 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7616 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7618 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7623 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7627 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7630 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7631 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7632 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7633 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7634 + sec
->output_offset
7635 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7636 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7637 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7638 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7639 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7640 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7641 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7644 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7648 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7649 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7651 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7654 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7661 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7664 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7666 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7669 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7673 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7676 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7677 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7678 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7679 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7681 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7682 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7683 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7684 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7685 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7686 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7687 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7688 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7689 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7690 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7691 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7692 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7693 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7694 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7695 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7696 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7697 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7698 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7699 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7701 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7702 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7704 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7705 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7706 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7708 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7710 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7711 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7712 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7713 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7715 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7716 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7717 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7719 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7720 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7721 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7722 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7724 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7726 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7728 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7729 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7731 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7732 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7733 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7735 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7736 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7738 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7739 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7740 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7741 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7742 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7744 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7745 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7746 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7747 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7749 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7751 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7752 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7753 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7754 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7757 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7759 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7762 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7763 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7765 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7766 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7767 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7773 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7774 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7775 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7776 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7778 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7780 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7781 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7782 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7783 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7786 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7788 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7789 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7790 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7791 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7792 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7797 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7798 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7799 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7801 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7802 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7803 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7804 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7806 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7808 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7810 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7811 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7812 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7814 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7815 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7818 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7820 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7821 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7823 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7824 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7825 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7826 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7828 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7829 desc
->forced_local
);
7830 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7832 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7833 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7834 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7836 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7837 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7843 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7844 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7847 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7848 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7849 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7850 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7852 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7855 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7856 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7859 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7860 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7861 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7862 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7863 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7864 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7866 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7867 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7868 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7870 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7872 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7873 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7875 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7876 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7877 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7878 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7884 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7885 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7886 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7887 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7888 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7889 dynamic relocations. */
7892 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7896 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7897 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7900 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7903 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7907 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7908 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7909 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7910 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7911 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7912 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7913 and plt refcounts. */
7915 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7916 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7918 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7919 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7921 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7922 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7924 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7925 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7927 /* Read the relocations. */
7928 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7930 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7936 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7937 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7939 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7940 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7941 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7944 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7945 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7947 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7948 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7949 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7950 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7952 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7953 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7957 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7960 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7961 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
7968 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7969 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7970 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7971 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7975 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7980 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7981 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7982 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7985 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
7989 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7991 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
7992 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7994 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
7995 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7996 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7997 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
7998 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
7999 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8000 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8001 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8003 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8007 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8008 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8009 without marker relocs, then check that each
8010 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8011 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8012 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8013 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8015 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8017 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8018 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8019 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8021 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8022 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8023 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8028 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8031 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8032 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8033 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8034 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8035 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8038 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8039 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8040 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8041 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8042 that turns out to be the case. */
8049 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8052 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8053 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8054 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8055 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8056 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8066 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8068 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8072 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8073 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8074 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8080 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8081 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8091 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8092 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8095 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8097 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8098 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8100 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8101 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8106 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8108 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8111 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8115 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8116 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8121 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8126 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8127 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8130 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8131 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8132 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8133 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8134 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8136 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8137 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8141 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8143 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8144 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8147 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8148 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8149 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8150 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8151 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8152 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8154 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8158 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8163 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8166 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8170 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8175 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8176 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8181 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8185 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8187 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8189 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8190 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8194 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8197 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8206 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8217 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8218 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8221 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8222 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8223 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8228 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8230 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8231 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8234 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8239 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8241 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8242 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8243 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8245 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8251 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8252 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8253 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8254 the entire optimization. */
8255 /* xgettext:c-format */
8256 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8257 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8258 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8263 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8264 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8265 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8266 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8267 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8268 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8269 Disable optimization in this case. */
8270 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8271 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8272 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8273 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8274 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8277 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8279 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8281 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8282 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8285 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8288 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8289 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8292 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8295 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8296 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8299 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8302 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8303 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8306 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8310 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8311 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8317 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8319 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8321 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8325 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8327 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8328 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8329 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8330 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8337 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8338 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8339 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8344 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8345 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8346 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8350 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8352 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8358 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8359 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8362 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8367 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8369 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8372 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8377 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8381 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8382 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8383 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8384 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8385 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8387 struct adjust_toc_info
8390 unsigned long *skip
;
8391 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8394 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8397 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8399 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8400 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8403 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8404 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8407 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8408 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8411 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8413 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8414 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8416 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8418 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8421 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8424 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8425 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8428 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8429 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8431 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8432 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8437 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8438 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8441 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8443 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8444 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8445 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8446 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8447 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8448 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8449 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8450 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8451 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8452 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8453 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8454 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8455 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8456 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8457 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8458 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8459 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8460 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8461 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8462 will need testing too. */
8463 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8464 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8466 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8467 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8468 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8469 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8470 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8471 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8474 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8475 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8476 load/store rt,off(ra)
8479 load/store rt,off(ra)
8480 may be translated to
8481 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8483 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8484 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8486 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8487 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8488 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8491 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8493 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8494 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8497 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8499 /* Check that regs match. */
8500 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8503 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8504 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8507 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8509 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8510 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8516 /* Check that regs match. */
8517 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8520 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8536 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8538 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8539 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8540 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8543 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8544 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8546 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8547 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8548 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8549 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8552 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8553 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8555 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8556 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8557 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8558 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8561 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8562 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8564 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8566 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8567 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8568 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8569 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8573 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8574 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8575 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8576 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8581 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8582 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8583 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8586 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8587 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8589 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8590 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8591 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8592 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8595 case 62: /* std, stq */
8596 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8598 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8599 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8600 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8601 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8606 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8607 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8611 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8612 unused .toc entries. */
8615 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8618 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8619 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8621 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8622 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8623 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8625 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8626 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8627 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8628 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8629 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8630 unsigned char *used
;
8631 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8633 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8636 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8639 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8640 || discarded_section (toc
))
8645 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8647 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8650 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8652 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8653 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8654 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8655 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8656 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8659 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8660 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8663 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8665 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8667 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8668 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8670 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8674 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8681 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8682 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8683 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8684 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8685 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8689 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8690 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8698 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8700 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8701 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8703 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8706 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8707 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8713 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8718 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8721 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8725 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8726 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8727 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8729 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8730 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8731 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8732 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8734 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8735 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8736 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8738 /* Read toc relocs. */
8739 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8741 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8744 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8746 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8747 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8749 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8750 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8753 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8754 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8757 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8758 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8763 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8764 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8767 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8772 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8774 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8778 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8780 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8782 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8783 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8785 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8786 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8787 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8788 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8789 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8790 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8793 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8794 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8799 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8804 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8805 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8812 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8816 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8819 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8821 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8827 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8828 Check the toc itself last. */
8829 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8832 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8833 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8834 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8839 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8840 || discarded_section (sec
)
8841 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8842 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8843 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8846 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8848 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8854 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8858 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8860 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8861 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8863 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8864 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8867 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8871 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8872 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8873 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8874 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8875 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8876 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8877 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8884 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8885 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8896 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8898 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8899 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8901 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8904 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8911 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8914 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8915 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8916 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8917 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8923 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8928 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8929 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8936 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8937 entry itself isn't unused. */
8938 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8939 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8942 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8951 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8955 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8956 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8957 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8958 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8959 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8964 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8965 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8969 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8972 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8982 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8984 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8985 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8987 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8988 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
8989 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
8992 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8994 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
8995 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
8998 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9003 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9007 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9008 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9010 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9011 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9012 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9014 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9015 || discarded_section (sec
))
9018 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9020 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9023 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9025 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9026 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9028 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9031 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9038 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9039 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9040 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9041 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9042 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9043 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9047 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9048 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9056 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9059 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9061 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9064 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9066 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9068 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9070 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9072 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9073 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9074 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9078 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9079 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9082 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9083 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9087 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9089 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9090 /* xgettext:c-format */
9091 (_("%H: %s references "
9092 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9093 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9094 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9098 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9099 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9103 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9106 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9107 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9110 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9114 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9115 but handle them anyway. */
9116 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9117 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9118 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9120 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9121 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9125 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9126 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9128 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9130 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9134 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9135 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9138 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9139 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9142 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9143 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9146 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9147 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9150 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9151 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9152 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9156 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9158 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9159 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9162 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9163 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9164 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9166 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9170 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9171 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9172 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9174 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9175 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9176 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9179 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9180 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9183 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9184 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9185 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9186 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9187 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9190 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9193 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9194 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9196 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9199 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9204 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9205 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9206 number of GOT entries. */
9207 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9210 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9211 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9212 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9215 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9218 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9221 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9224 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9227 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9229 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9231 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9232 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9233 || discarded_section (sec
))
9236 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9238 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9241 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9244 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9249 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9251 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9252 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9253 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9255 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9256 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9258 unsigned char buf
[8];
9260 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9262 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9266 insn_check
= no_check
;
9269 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9270 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9271 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9272 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9273 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9274 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9275 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9276 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9279 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9280 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9281 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9282 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9283 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9284 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9285 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9286 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9287 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9288 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9289 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9293 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9295 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9297 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9300 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9301 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9302 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9303 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9304 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9308 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9309 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9310 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9311 /* xgettext:c-format */
9312 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9313 " %s instruction\n"),
9314 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9321 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9322 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9323 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9324 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9325 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9326 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9330 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9331 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9332 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9336 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9337 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9342 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9343 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9346 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9349 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9353 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9355 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9356 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9357 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9359 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9360 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9361 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9368 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9369 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9370 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9373 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9374 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9376 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9377 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9378 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9382 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9383 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9384 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9386 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9387 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9389 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9390 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9394 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9396 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9397 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9398 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9400 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9401 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9403 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9404 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9406 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9407 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9417 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9418 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9420 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9421 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9422 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9423 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9425 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9426 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9429 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9433 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9434 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9436 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9439 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9446 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9447 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9450 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9452 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9453 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9456 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9459 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9460 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9461 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9463 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9464 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9465 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9467 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9468 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9469 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9471 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9472 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9474 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9476 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9477 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9479 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9480 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9481 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9482 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9483 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9485 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9486 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9488 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9489 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9493 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9496 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9498 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9500 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9501 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9502 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9503 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9504 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9505 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9506 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9508 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9509 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9513 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9516 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9517 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9519 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9521 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9522 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9523 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9524 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9527 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9528 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9532 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9536 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9538 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9539 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9541 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9542 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9544 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9547 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9548 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9552 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9553 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9555 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9556 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9557 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9558 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9560 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9561 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9562 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9563 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9564 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9565 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9566 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9567 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9569 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9573 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9574 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9575 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9578 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9579 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9581 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9582 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9583 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9585 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9586 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9588 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9589 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9592 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9595 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9597 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9598 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9600 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9601 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9603 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9605 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9608 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9611 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9614 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9615 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9616 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9617 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9618 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9620 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9621 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9622 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9623 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9625 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9626 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9627 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9628 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9630 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9632 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9634 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9635 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9636 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9637 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9638 visibility changes. */
9639 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9641 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9642 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9643 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9644 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9645 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9646 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9647 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9648 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9650 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9652 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9661 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9663 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9664 should be made dynamic. */
9665 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9670 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9671 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9672 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9674 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9676 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9678 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9679 should be made dynamic. */
9680 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9683 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9684 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9685 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9688 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9691 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9692 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9694 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9695 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9696 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9697 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9701 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9704 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9705 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9706 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9707 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9708 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9711 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9712 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9713 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9714 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9716 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9717 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9718 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9719 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9721 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9722 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9724 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9727 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9728 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9729 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9734 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9735 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9736 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9741 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9745 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9747 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9749 /* Make room for this entry. */
9750 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9752 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9755 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9758 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9759 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9766 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9767 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9770 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9774 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9777 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9783 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9790 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9791 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9792 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9794 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9795 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9797 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9798 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9799 after the branch table. */
9802 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9804 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9805 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9806 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9809 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9812 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9819 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9823 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9824 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9825 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9826 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9827 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9829 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9830 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9831 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9832 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9833 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9834 unsigned int align_power
;
9838 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9839 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9841 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9842 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9843 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9844 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9845 entry stubs are needed. */
9846 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9847 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9848 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9849 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9850 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9851 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9852 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9853 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9854 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9855 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9856 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9857 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9858 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9860 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9862 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9863 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9864 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9865 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9871 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9874 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9875 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9877 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9882 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9884 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9888 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9892 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9894 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9895 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9897 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9900 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9901 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9905 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9907 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9909 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9910 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9911 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9912 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9913 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9914 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9915 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9917 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9920 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9922 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9924 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9926 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9927 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9929 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9930 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9931 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9934 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9936 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9938 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9939 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9940 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9941 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9946 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9950 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9951 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9952 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9953 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9954 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9955 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9956 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9957 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9959 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9962 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9963 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9965 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
9967 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9972 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
9973 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9975 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
9976 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9981 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
9982 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9984 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
9985 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
9987 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9988 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
9989 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
9991 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
9992 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10001 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10002 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10003 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10005 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10007 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10008 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10010 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10012 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10013 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10014 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10015 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10017 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10018 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10019 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10022 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10023 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10024 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10025 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10026 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10030 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10034 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10035 sym dynamic relocs. */
10036 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10038 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10039 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10041 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10042 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10044 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10046 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10049 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10050 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10052 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10054 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10055 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10059 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10061 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10062 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10065 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10067 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10068 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10073 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10076 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10077 Allocate memory for them. */
10079 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10081 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10084 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10085 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10087 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10088 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10089 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10090 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10091 || s
== htab
->glink
10092 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10093 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10094 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10096 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10099 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10101 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10102 /* Not sized yet. */
10105 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10109 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10112 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10113 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10114 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10119 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10125 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10126 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10127 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10128 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10129 before the linker maps input sections to output
10130 sections. The linker does that before
10131 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10132 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10133 into these sections. */
10134 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10138 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10139 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10142 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10145 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10146 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10147 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10148 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10149 sections instead of garbage.
10150 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10151 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10152 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10153 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10157 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10159 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10162 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10163 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10166 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10169 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10170 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10174 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10178 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10181 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10182 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10185 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10190 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10192 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10194 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10195 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10196 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10197 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10198 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10199 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10200 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10202 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10204 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10208 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10210 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10211 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10212 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10213 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10214 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10218 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10220 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10221 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10225 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10226 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10227 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10228 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10229 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10230 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10232 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10238 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10239 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10240 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10243 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10244 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10245 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10246 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10247 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10249 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10251 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10256 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10261 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10264 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10266 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10268 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10271 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10274 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10276 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10277 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10278 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10279 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10280 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10281 bfd_vma destination
,
10282 unsigned long local_off
)
10284 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10286 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10287 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10288 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10292 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10293 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10295 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10297 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10301 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10302 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10303 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10306 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10309 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10310 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10311 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10312 any other type of stub. */
10313 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10314 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10315 return ppc_stub_none
;
10317 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10320 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10321 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10322 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10324 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10326 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10328 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10329 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10330 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10333 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10338 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10339 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10340 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10343 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10344 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10346 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10347 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10348 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10349 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10350 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10351 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10353 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10354 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10355 is needed later. */
10356 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10358 return ppc_stub_none
;
10361 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10362 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10367 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10368 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10369 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10370 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10371 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10372 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10375 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10377 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10379 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10381 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10383 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10385 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10388 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10390 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10393 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10395 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10398 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10400 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10405 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10407 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10412 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10414 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10420 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10422 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10425 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10427 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10430 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10436 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10438 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10444 static unsigned int
10445 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10448 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10450 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10454 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10459 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10462 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10464 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10466 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10473 static unsigned int
10474 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10476 unsigned int num_rel
;
10477 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10479 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10484 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10485 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10487 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10489 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10495 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10496 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10497 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10499 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10500 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10502 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10503 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10504 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10505 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10506 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10508 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10511 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10512 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10513 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10517 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10518 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10521 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10522 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10526 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10527 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10528 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10531 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10533 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10537 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10538 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10539 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10541 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10545 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10546 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10547 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10554 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10558 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10563 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10569 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10571 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10573 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10575 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10576 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10577 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10578 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10579 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10582 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10586 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10589 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10590 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10592 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10596 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10600 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10602 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10607 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10609 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10613 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10616 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10617 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10619 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10623 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10627 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10629 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10635 static unsigned int
10636 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10638 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10640 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10646 static unsigned int
10647 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10649 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10651 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10657 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10658 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10659 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10660 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10662 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10664 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10666 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10667 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10668 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10669 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10675 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10676 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10677 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10678 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10681 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10682 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10683 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10687 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10688 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10689 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10693 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10696 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10700 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10701 else if (delta
< 256)
10703 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10706 else if (delta
< 65536)
10708 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10709 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10714 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10715 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10721 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10723 static unsigned int
10724 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10726 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10727 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10729 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10730 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10732 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10733 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10735 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10739 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10740 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10741 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10742 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10743 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10744 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10745 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10747 . fake dep barrier compare
10748 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10749 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10750 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10751 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10752 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10753 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10755 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10756 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10758 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10759 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10761 static inline unsigned int
10762 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10763 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10768 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10770 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
10772 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10773 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10774 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10775 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10777 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10780 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10781 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10787 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10788 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10790 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10795 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10797 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10798 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10799 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10800 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10802 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10805 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10806 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10807 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10809 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10812 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10818 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10825 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10826 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10828 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10829 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10831 static inline unsigned int
10832 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10833 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10837 unsigned stub_size
;
10838 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10840 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10842 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10843 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10844 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10848 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10849 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10850 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10851 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10852 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10856 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10858 static inline bfd_byte
*
10859 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10860 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10861 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10863 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10864 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10865 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10866 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10867 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10868 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10869 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10870 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10871 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10873 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10876 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10877 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10879 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10880 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10881 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10882 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10885 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10886 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10888 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10889 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10890 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10891 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10892 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10893 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10894 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10895 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10896 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10898 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10899 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10900 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10901 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10904 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10908 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10909 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10910 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10911 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10912 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10913 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10914 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10917 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10919 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10920 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10921 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10925 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10926 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10927 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10928 if (plt_static_chain
)
10930 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10931 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10932 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10937 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10938 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10939 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10942 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10943 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10947 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10948 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10951 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10953 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10956 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10961 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10962 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10964 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10965 if (plt_static_chain
)
10966 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
10973 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10974 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10975 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10976 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10979 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10981 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10982 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
10983 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10987 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10988 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10989 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
10990 if (plt_static_chain
)
10992 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10993 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10994 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10999 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11000 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11001 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11002 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11004 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11006 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11009 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11014 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11015 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11017 if (plt_static_chain
)
11018 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11019 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11022 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11024 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11025 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11026 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11029 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11033 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11035 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11036 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11037 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11038 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11039 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11040 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11041 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11042 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11044 static inline bfd_byte
*
11045 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11046 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11047 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11049 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11053 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11054 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11055 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11056 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11057 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11058 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11059 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11060 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11063 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11064 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11065 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11067 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11069 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11073 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11074 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11075 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11077 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11079 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11081 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11083 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11088 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11091 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11093 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11094 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11096 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11098 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11102 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11105 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11106 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11108 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11110 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11111 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11112 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11114 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11115 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11116 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11117 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11118 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11119 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11121 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11122 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11126 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11127 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11128 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11129 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11130 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11131 specified by that point.
11132 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11133 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11134 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11135 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11137 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11138 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11139 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11140 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11141 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11142 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11150 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11152 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11153 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11155 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11156 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11158 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11159 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11160 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11162 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11163 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11164 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11166 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11168 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11173 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11174 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11176 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11177 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11179 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11180 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11181 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11183 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11184 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11185 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11186 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11188 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11189 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11190 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11191 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11193 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11194 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11195 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11196 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11198 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11199 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11203 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11204 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11208 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11209 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11210 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11212 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11213 unsigned long symndx
;
11214 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11217 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11218 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11219 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11220 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11222 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11224 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11225 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11226 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11228 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11229 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11230 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11232 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11233 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11235 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11237 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11238 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11239 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11240 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11241 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11242 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11243 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11245 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11246 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11248 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11249 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11254 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11261 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11262 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11264 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11265 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11269 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11272 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11274 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11275 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11277 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11278 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11280 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11281 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11282 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11284 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11286 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11287 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11288 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11289 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11291 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11296 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11298 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11299 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11300 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11301 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11303 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11305 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11310 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11311 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11314 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11315 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11316 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11317 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11318 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11319 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11320 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11321 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11323 /* Same for the group. */
11324 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11325 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11326 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11327 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11328 "output section. Retry without "
11329 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11330 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11331 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11333 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11337 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11338 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11340 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11341 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11343 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11344 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11345 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11346 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11347 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11348 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11349 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11351 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11352 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11353 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11354 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11358 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11360 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11362 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11364 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11367 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11369 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11372 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11375 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11377 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11378 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11383 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11386 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11389 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11390 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11391 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11395 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11397 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11400 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11401 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11402 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11403 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11404 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11409 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11410 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11411 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11412 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11414 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11416 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11417 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11418 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11422 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11423 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11424 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11425 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11426 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11428 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11429 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11431 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11433 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11435 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11437 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11438 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11441 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11442 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11443 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11444 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11445 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11447 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11448 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11449 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11450 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11452 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11454 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11457 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11458 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11459 translated from input file to output file form, so
11460 set up the offset per the output file. */
11461 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11462 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11463 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11464 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11465 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11469 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11470 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11471 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11473 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11474 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11477 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11479 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11480 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11481 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11482 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11483 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11487 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11489 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11492 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11493 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11494 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11495 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11496 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11497 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11498 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11499 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11501 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11502 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11503 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11504 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11509 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11511 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11513 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11514 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11516 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11517 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11520 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11521 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11525 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11527 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11529 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11533 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11535 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11537 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11538 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11540 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11541 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11544 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11546 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11549 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11550 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11552 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11555 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11556 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11560 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11562 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11566 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11567 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11568 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11569 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11570 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11571 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11573 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11574 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11575 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11576 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11577 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11578 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11581 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11584 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11586 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11587 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11590 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11591 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11592 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11593 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11595 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11596 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11598 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11600 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11603 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11604 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11605 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11611 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11613 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11614 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11618 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11619 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11620 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11621 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11622 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11624 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11625 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11628 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11632 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11633 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11634 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11636 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11637 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11641 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11643 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11647 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11649 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11650 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11651 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11654 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11657 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11660 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11661 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11663 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11664 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11665 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11668 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11669 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11670 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11671 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11672 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11673 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11678 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
11679 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11680 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11682 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11683 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11685 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11686 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11687 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11688 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11689 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11690 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11691 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11693 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11694 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11695 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11696 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11699 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11700 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11702 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11706 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11707 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11708 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11709 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11710 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11712 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11714 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11715 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11716 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11717 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11718 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11719 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11722 /* Now build the stub. */
11723 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11724 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11727 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11728 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11729 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11730 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11732 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11733 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11735 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11737 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11739 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11740 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11743 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11745 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11746 /* xgettext:c-format */
11747 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11748 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11749 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11752 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11757 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11759 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11760 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11762 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11763 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11767 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11768 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11769 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11770 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11772 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11773 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11774 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11775 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11777 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11780 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11788 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11790 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11792 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11795 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11808 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11809 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11810 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11813 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11814 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11815 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11816 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11819 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11821 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11822 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11823 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11824 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11825 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11826 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11827 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11829 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11836 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11837 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11838 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11841 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11843 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11845 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11847 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11848 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11850 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11851 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11854 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11858 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11859 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11860 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11861 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11862 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11863 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11864 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11865 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11867 /* Same for the group. */
11868 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11869 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11870 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11871 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11872 "output section. Retry without "
11873 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11874 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11875 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11877 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11878 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11880 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11881 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11882 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11883 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11885 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11886 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11887 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11888 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11892 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11894 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11895 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11896 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11897 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11898 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11899 /* Fall through. */
11900 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11901 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11902 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11903 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11904 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11905 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11906 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11907 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11908 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11912 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11914 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11915 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11917 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11921 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11923 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11929 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11930 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11931 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11933 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11934 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11936 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11938 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11939 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11941 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11943 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11944 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11945 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11949 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11951 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11952 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11953 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11955 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11956 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11957 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11959 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11960 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11964 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11965 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11966 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11967 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11968 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11971 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11973 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
11974 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
11975 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11978 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
11979 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11982 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11988 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11991 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11993 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11997 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11999 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12000 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12004 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12005 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12006 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12007 /* Fall through. */
12008 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12009 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12010 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12011 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12012 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12014 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12017 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12018 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12019 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12023 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12025 unsigned int num_rel
;
12026 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12027 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12029 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12030 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12031 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12034 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12035 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12037 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12038 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12040 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12041 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12045 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12047 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12048 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12049 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12050 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12052 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12053 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12054 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12055 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12056 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12057 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12060 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12061 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12063 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12064 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12067 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12068 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12071 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12072 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12073 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12074 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12075 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12076 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12078 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12079 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12082 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12083 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12084 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12085 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12087 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12088 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12090 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12092 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12096 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12098 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12100 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12101 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12105 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12107 unsigned int num_rel
;
12108 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12109 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12111 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12112 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12113 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12116 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12118 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12120 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12121 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12122 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12123 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12125 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12126 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12127 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12128 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12129 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12130 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12134 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12135 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12136 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12137 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12139 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12140 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12141 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12142 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12144 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12145 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12147 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12149 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12151 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12152 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12155 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12157 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12159 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12160 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12163 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12165 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12166 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12168 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12169 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12171 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12174 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12176 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12177 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12178 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12179 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12181 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12183 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12184 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12185 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12186 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12187 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12188 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12192 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12193 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12194 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12195 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12196 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12198 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12207 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12211 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12212 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12213 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12216 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12220 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12225 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12226 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12227 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12228 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12231 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12232 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12233 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12238 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12241 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12243 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12245 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12246 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12247 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12250 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12251 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12252 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12255 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12257 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12258 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12263 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12265 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12266 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12270 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12271 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12274 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12275 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12276 limit
= 0x80008000;
12277 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12279 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12281 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12282 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12283 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12284 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12287 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12288 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12289 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12290 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12291 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12292 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12293 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12295 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12296 file .toc and .got together. */
12298 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12299 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12302 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12306 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12307 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12308 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12309 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12311 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12313 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12314 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12316 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12317 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12319 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12320 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12321 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12322 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12327 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12331 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12333 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12336 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12341 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12345 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12347 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12349 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12352 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12353 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12354 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12358 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12359 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12363 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12365 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12366 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12367 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12369 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12371 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12374 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12375 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12377 /* And tlsld_got. */
12378 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12380 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12382 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12385 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12386 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12387 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12389 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12391 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12394 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12395 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12396 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12397 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12399 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12400 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12406 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12407 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12408 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12409 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12411 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12413 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12415 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12418 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12421 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12423 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12424 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12429 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12430 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12431 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12433 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12434 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12435 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12436 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12437 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12438 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12439 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12442 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12445 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12449 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12450 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12451 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12452 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12453 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12454 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12455 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12456 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12458 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12460 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12462 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12463 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12465 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12466 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12471 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12472 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12474 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12475 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12477 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12478 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12479 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12481 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12482 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12488 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12490 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12492 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12494 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12497 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12498 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12499 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12501 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12502 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12504 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12506 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12507 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12512 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12513 if (!done_something
)
12514 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12518 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12521 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12524 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12525 if (done_something
)
12530 if (done_something
)
12531 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12533 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12534 on input sections. */
12535 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12536 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12537 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12538 return done_something
;
12541 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12544 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12546 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12548 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12549 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12550 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12553 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12554 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12555 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12556 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12557 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12558 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12559 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12562 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12566 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12567 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12569 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12570 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12573 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12576 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12580 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12583 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12584 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12586 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12587 info
->keep_memory
);
12588 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12591 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12593 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12597 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12599 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12600 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12601 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12602 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12603 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12605 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12609 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12610 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12611 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12612 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12613 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12614 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12615 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12616 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12619 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12620 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12627 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12629 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12631 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12633 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12639 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12640 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12643 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12644 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12645 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12652 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12655 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12656 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12658 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12660 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12662 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12663 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12666 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12670 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12672 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12674 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12677 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12678 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12679 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12684 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12685 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12687 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12688 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12691 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12692 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12693 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12699 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12700 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12701 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12702 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12703 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12704 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12712 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12713 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12714 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12715 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12718 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12719 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12720 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12724 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12725 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12727 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12728 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12729 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12740 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12741 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12743 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12748 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12749 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12750 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12752 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12753 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12755 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12758 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12759 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12760 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12767 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12772 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12773 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12774 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12775 we may insert linker stubs. */
12778 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12780 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12785 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12786 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12788 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12789 which is what we want. */
12790 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12791 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12792 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12795 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12797 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12798 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12799 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12800 hit an exception. */
12801 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12802 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12803 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12804 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12806 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12809 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12810 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12811 check_pasted_section(). */
12812 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12813 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12816 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12820 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12821 have toc relocs. */
12824 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12826 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12830 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12831 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12834 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12835 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12838 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12839 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12844 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12845 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12847 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12851 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12853 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12854 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12860 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12862 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12863 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12866 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12867 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12868 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12869 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12870 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12871 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12874 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12875 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12876 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12878 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12880 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12882 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12886 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12887 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12889 /* Default values. */
12890 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12891 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12893 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12894 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12897 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12901 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12904 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12905 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12909 bfd_size_type total
;
12910 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12912 struct map_stub
*group
;
12913 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12916 total
= tail
->size
;
12917 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12918 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12919 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12921 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12922 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12923 /* xgettext:c-format */
12924 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12925 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12926 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12928 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12929 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12930 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12931 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12932 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12933 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12936 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12937 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12938 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12939 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12940 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12941 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12942 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12943 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12944 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12945 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12946 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12949 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12950 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12951 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12952 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12953 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12954 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12955 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12956 htab
->group
= group
;
12959 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12960 /* Set up this stub group. */
12961 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12963 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12965 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12966 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12967 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
12968 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
12969 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
12970 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
12973 while (prev
!= NULL
12974 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12975 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12976 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12977 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
12979 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12982 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12983 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12992 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
12994 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
12995 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
12996 1, /* CIE version. */
12997 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
12998 4, /* Code alignment. */
12999 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13001 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13002 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13003 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13006 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13007 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13008 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13012 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13014 if (isec
->size
== 0
13015 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13016 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13017 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13018 isec
->output_section
)
13019 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13021 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13022 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13023 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13027 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13029 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13030 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13034 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13036 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13037 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13038 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13043 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13044 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13045 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13046 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13047 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13049 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13053 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13055 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13056 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13061 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13062 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13063 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13064 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13065 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13066 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13067 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13068 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13069 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13070 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13071 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13077 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13080 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13081 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13082 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13083 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13087 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13088 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13089 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13091 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13093 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13096 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13097 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13098 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13099 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13100 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13101 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13102 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13104 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13106 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13108 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13109 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13110 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13111 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13113 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13114 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13115 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13116 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13117 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13119 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13121 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13122 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13123 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13124 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13125 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13126 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13127 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13130 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13131 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13132 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13133 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13134 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13135 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13140 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13141 struct map_stub
*group
;
13143 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13145 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13147 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13151 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13153 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13156 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13157 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13158 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13161 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13162 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13164 section
= section
->next
)
13166 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13168 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13170 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13171 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13172 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13173 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13174 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13177 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13178 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13179 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13180 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13183 /* Get the relocs. */
13185 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13186 info
->keep_memory
);
13187 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13188 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13190 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13191 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13192 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13193 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13195 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13196 unsigned int r_indx
;
13197 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13198 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13199 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13200 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13201 bfd_vma destination
;
13202 unsigned long local_off
;
13203 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13204 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13205 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13206 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13207 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13209 const asection
*id_sec
;
13210 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13211 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13213 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13214 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13216 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13219 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13222 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13223 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13224 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13225 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13226 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13227 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13230 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13232 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13233 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13234 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13235 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13242 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13243 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13244 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13247 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13248 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13250 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13251 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13254 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13255 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13257 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13258 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13260 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13261 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13263 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13264 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13265 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13267 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13268 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13269 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13279 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13286 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13287 destination
= (sym_value
13288 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13289 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13290 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13295 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13296 code_value
= sym_value
;
13297 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13302 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13304 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13307 code_value
+= adjust
;
13308 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13310 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13311 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13312 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13314 destination
= dest
;
13317 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13319 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13320 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13321 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13326 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13328 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13329 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13332 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13334 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13335 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13336 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13337 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13338 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13339 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13340 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13341 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13342 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13344 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13346 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13347 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13348 different object files when creating the
13349 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13350 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13351 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13352 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13353 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13354 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13355 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13356 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13357 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13358 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13359 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13360 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13361 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13364 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13367 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13368 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13369 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13371 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13372 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13373 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13375 /* Get tls info. */
13376 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13378 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13379 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13380 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13381 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13382 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13386 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13389 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13390 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13391 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13392 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13393 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13394 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13395 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13397 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13398 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13399 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13402 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13405 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13406 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13408 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13409 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13411 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13413 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13414 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13415 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13417 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13418 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13419 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13420 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13421 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13422 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13423 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13425 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13431 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13434 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13435 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13436 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13437 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13438 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13440 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13442 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13443 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13445 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13447 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13448 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13454 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13455 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13456 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13457 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13458 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13459 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13460 /* Fall through. */
13461 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13462 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13463 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13464 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13465 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13467 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13469 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13470 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13472 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13474 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13475 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13481 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13482 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13486 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13487 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13490 error_ret_free_internal
:
13491 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13492 free (internal_relocs
);
13493 error_ret_free_local
:
13494 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13495 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13500 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13501 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13502 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13504 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13505 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13509 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13510 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13512 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13513 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13514 stub_entry
->symtype
13515 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13516 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13519 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13520 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13521 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13524 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13525 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13526 free (internal_relocs
);
13529 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13530 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13532 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13535 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13539 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13541 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13543 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13544 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13545 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13547 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13549 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13550 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13551 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13552 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13553 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13554 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13555 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13558 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13560 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13561 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13562 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13563 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13564 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13567 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13568 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13569 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13570 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13571 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13572 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13573 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13574 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13576 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13578 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13579 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13580 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13582 if (info
->emitrelocations
13583 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13585 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13586 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13589 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13590 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13591 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13593 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13595 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13596 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13597 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13598 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13599 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13601 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13602 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13603 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13604 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13605 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13608 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13609 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13610 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13612 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13613 group
->stub_sec
->size
13614 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13617 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13618 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13619 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13620 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13621 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13625 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13626 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13627 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13628 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13629 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13630 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13631 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13634 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13635 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13638 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13639 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13642 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13643 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13644 struct map_stub
*group
;
13646 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13647 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13648 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13649 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13650 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13653 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13657 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13658 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13659 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13660 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13661 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13663 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13664 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13666 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13668 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13670 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13673 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13674 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13676 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13678 /* stub section size. */
13679 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13681 /* Augmentation. */
13683 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13684 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13685 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13686 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13688 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13691 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13693 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13696 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13697 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13699 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13702 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13704 /* Augmentation. */
13707 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13708 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13710 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13711 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13712 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13714 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13716 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13717 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13718 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13719 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13720 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13721 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13722 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13723 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13726 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13727 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13728 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13729 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13730 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13735 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13736 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13739 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13742 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13746 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13747 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13749 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13750 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13754 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13755 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13759 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13760 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13761 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13762 || h
->def_regular
))
13764 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13765 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13770 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13771 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13772 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13773 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13774 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13775 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13776 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13777 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13778 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13779 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13781 /* This may happen for
13782 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13784 o bad linker script
13785 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13787 FIXME: Warn user? */
13789 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13791 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13792 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13794 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13797 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13798 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13799 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13802 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13803 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13807 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13808 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13814 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13816 /* Force alignment. */
13817 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13818 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13819 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13821 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13823 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13827 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13829 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13830 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13835 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13836 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13837 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13838 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13844 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13845 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13848 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13851 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13852 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13855 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13859 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13863 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13864 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13866 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13867 table. Set it up. */
13868 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13869 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13872 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13873 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13875 if (!(h
->def_regular
13876 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13877 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13879 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13881 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13882 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13883 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13885 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13887 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13891 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13892 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13894 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13896 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13898 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13903 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13905 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13907 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13908 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13911 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13912 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13913 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13918 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13919 + plt
->output_offset
13920 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13921 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13922 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13923 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13928 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13929 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13930 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13931 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13932 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13933 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13934 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13935 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13936 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13937 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13938 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13942 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13945 if (h
->def_regular
)
13948 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13949 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13952 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13953 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13954 && ent
->addend
== 0)
13960 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13961 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
13962 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13963 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13965 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13966 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13968 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13970 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
13971 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
13973 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
13975 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13976 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
13977 h
->root
.root
.string
);
13978 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13979 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
13982 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
13983 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
13985 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
13986 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
13991 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
13992 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13995 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
13997 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13998 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13999 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14000 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14001 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14002 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14003 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14005 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14009 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14011 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14014 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14016 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14018 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14024 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14027 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14029 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14032 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14034 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14035 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14037 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14038 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14039 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14041 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14044 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14048 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14049 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14050 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14051 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14052 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14053 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14054 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14055 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14057 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14059 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14063 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14064 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14066 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14071 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14072 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14073 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14074 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14075 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14077 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14079 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14080 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14081 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14085 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14086 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14089 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14091 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14092 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14095 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14096 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14101 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14102 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14103 + plt
->output_offset
14104 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14105 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14108 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14110 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14115 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14117 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14119 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14120 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14121 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14122 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14126 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14127 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14129 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14132 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14138 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14139 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14142 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14144 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14145 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14147 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14149 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14150 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14151 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14152 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14153 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14155 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14157 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14158 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14162 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14163 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14164 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14166 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14167 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14170 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14173 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14175 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14178 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14179 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14187 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14189 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14190 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14192 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14193 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14195 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14196 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14198 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14199 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14200 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14201 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14206 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14207 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14208 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14211 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14214 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14215 struct map_stub
*group
;
14216 asection
*stub_sec
;
14218 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14223 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14224 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14226 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14227 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14228 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14229 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14231 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14233 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14235 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14239 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14244 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14245 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14247 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14248 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14249 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14252 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14254 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14255 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14256 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14257 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14258 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14259 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14260 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14262 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14265 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14266 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14268 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14270 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14273 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14274 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14275 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14276 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14278 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14279 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14280 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14284 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14286 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14288 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14290 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14292 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14294 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14296 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14298 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14300 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14302 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14307 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14309 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14311 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14313 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14315 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14317 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14319 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14321 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14323 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14325 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14327 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14329 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14331 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14334 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14336 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14338 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14340 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14346 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14351 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14353 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14358 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14359 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14365 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14367 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14368 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14369 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14371 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14372 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14376 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14377 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14379 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14383 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14384 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14386 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14389 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14391 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14393 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14396 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14398 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14399 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14400 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14404 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14405 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14407 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14408 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14409 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14411 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14412 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14414 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14415 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14416 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14418 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14419 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14422 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14423 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14425 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14426 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14427 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14428 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14432 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14433 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14438 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14439 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14444 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14445 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14447 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14448 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14450 /* Offset to stub section. */
14451 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14452 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14453 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14454 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14455 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14456 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14459 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14460 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14463 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14464 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14466 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14468 /* Offset to .glink. */
14469 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14470 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14472 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14473 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14474 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14475 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14478 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14479 htab
->glink
->name
);
14482 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14483 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14487 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14488 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14490 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14491 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14492 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14493 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14499 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14500 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14503 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14509 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14510 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14511 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14513 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14517 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14519 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14520 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14521 " branch both %lu\n"
14522 " long branch %lu\n"
14523 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14524 " long notoc %lu\n"
14527 " plt call save %lu\n"
14528 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14529 " plt call both %lu\n"
14530 " global entry %lu"),
14532 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14533 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14534 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14535 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14536 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14537 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14538 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14539 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14540 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14541 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14542 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14543 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14544 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14552 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14553 discarded sections. */
14555 static unsigned int
14556 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14558 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14561 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14564 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14567 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14570 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14573 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14577 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14579 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14580 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14581 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14582 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14583 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14584 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14585 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14586 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14587 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14588 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14589 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14590 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14591 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14592 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14593 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14594 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14595 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14596 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14597 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14598 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14599 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14600 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14601 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14602 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14603 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14604 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14605 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14607 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14608 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14609 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14610 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14611 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14612 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14613 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14614 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14615 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14616 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14617 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14618 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14619 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14620 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14621 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14622 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14630 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14631 to handle the relocations for a section.
14633 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14634 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14637 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14638 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14639 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14642 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14643 address or the reloc symbol index.
14645 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14647 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14648 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14650 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14651 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14653 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14654 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14655 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14656 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14660 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14661 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14663 asection
*input_section
,
14664 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14665 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14666 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14667 asection
**local_sections
)
14669 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14670 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14672 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14673 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14674 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14675 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14677 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14679 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14680 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14681 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14682 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14683 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14684 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14686 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14687 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14690 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14694 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14695 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14698 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14704 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14705 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14706 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14707 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14708 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14710 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14711 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14712 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14714 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14716 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14717 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14719 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14720 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14721 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14722 const char *sym_name
;
14723 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14724 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14725 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14726 unsigned char sym_type
;
14727 bfd_vma relocation
;
14728 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14729 bfd_boolean warned
;
14730 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14733 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14734 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14736 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14737 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14738 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14745 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14746 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14748 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14749 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14750 proper TOC base to use. */
14751 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14753 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14755 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14761 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14764 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14766 /* It's a local symbol. */
14767 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14769 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14770 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14771 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14772 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14773 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14774 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14775 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14777 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14783 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14784 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14785 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14786 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14787 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14788 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14789 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14791 relocation
+= adjust
;
14797 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14799 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14800 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14801 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14802 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14803 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14804 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14806 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14807 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14809 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14810 such are defined in output sections, even those
14811 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14812 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14813 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14814 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14815 by the opd entry. */
14816 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14817 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14818 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14820 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14821 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14822 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14825 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14826 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14833 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14835 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14837 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14838 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14839 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14840 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14842 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14844 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14845 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14846 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14847 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14848 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14849 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14855 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14858 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14860 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14861 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14862 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14865 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14866 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14867 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14868 for the final instruction stream. */
14873 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14874 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14876 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14877 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14878 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14879 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14880 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14882 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14883 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14884 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14885 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14887 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14888 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14890 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14891 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14895 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14898 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14899 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14900 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14901 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14903 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14904 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14905 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14907 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14908 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14909 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14910 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14911 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14914 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14915 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14916 /* xgettext:c-format */
14917 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14918 /* xgettext:c-format */
14919 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14920 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14921 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14925 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14926 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14927 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14928 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14929 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14930 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14931 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14932 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14933 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14934 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14935 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14943 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14944 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14945 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
14947 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14949 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14950 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14953 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14954 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14955 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14956 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14958 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14959 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14962 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14963 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
14969 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14970 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
14971 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
14973 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14974 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
14979 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
14980 doing a GD->IE transition. */
14984 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14985 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14988 else if (retval
== 3)
14990 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14991 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14999 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15000 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15001 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15002 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15004 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15005 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15006 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15007 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15011 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15012 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15013 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15014 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15017 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15018 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15020 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15021 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15022 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15023 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15024 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15026 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15027 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15028 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15029 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15033 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15038 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15039 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15041 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15042 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15044 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15045 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15046 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15047 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15048 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15049 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15050 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15051 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15052 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15057 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15058 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15060 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15061 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15064 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15066 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15067 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15068 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15069 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15070 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15071 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15073 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15074 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15075 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15076 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15080 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15082 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15084 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15085 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15087 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15089 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15090 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15091 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15096 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15097 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15098 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15101 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15109 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15113 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15114 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15115 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15118 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15119 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15120 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15123 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15125 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15127 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15131 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15132 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15134 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15138 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15139 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15140 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15142 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15145 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15146 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15147 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15148 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15149 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15150 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15151 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15152 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15153 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15154 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15156 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15158 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15159 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15160 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15161 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15162 before the call by intervening code. */
15163 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15164 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15165 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15168 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15169 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15170 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15171 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15172 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15173 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15174 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15175 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15177 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15178 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15179 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15184 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15185 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15186 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15189 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15190 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15191 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15193 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15195 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15196 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15198 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15199 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15200 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15202 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15203 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15204 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15205 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15208 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15209 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15210 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15212 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15213 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15215 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15216 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15217 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15220 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15221 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15223 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15224 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15230 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15231 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15233 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15235 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15236 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15238 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15239 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15240 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15244 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15245 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15246 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15248 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15250 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15251 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15252 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15256 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15257 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15259 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15261 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15262 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15263 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15264 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15266 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15267 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15268 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15269 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15270 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15275 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15276 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15277 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15279 unsigned int insn2
;
15280 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15282 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15283 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15286 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15287 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15289 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15293 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15296 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15299 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15300 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15305 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15307 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15308 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15310 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15311 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15313 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15318 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15319 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15320 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15323 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15324 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15325 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15326 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15328 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15330 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15335 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15336 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15337 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15339 unsigned int insn2
;
15340 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15342 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15343 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15346 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15347 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15349 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15353 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15356 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15357 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15359 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15364 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15365 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15366 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15367 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15368 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15370 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15371 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15372 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15373 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15374 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15375 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15380 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15381 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15382 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15383 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15385 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15387 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15388 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15389 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15392 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15393 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15395 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15400 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15402 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15403 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15404 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15409 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15410 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15412 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15413 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15417 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15418 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15419 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15420 && !info
->traditional_format
15421 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15423 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15425 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15426 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15427 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15428 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15431 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15432 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15433 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15434 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15435 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15440 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15441 + input_section
->output_offset
15442 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15443 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15445 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15447 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15448 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15449 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15450 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15452 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15453 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15454 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15455 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15456 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15457 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15463 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15464 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15465 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15466 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15467 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15470 if .TOC. is in range. */
15471 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15472 && !info
->traditional_format
15474 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15475 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15476 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15477 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15478 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15479 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15480 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15482 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15483 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15484 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15485 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15486 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15487 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15489 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15490 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15491 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15492 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15493 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15494 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15500 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15502 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15503 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15504 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15510 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15511 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15512 + input_section
->output_offset
15513 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15514 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15515 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15517 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15519 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15520 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15521 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15522 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15526 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15527 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15528 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15529 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15530 /* Fall through. */
15532 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15533 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15534 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15535 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15536 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15537 /* Fall through. */
15539 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15540 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15541 /* Fall through. */
15543 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15544 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15545 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15546 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15547 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15548 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15549 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15550 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15551 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15556 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15557 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15558 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15560 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15562 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15563 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15564 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15567 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15568 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15569 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15570 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15571 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15572 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15573 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15575 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15577 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15579 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15580 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15582 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15583 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15585 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15587 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15588 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15591 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15592 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15593 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15594 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15598 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15599 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15604 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15605 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15606 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15607 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15608 else if (nop
== NOP
15609 || nop
== CROR_151515
15610 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15613 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15614 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15616 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15619 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15620 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15621 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15622 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15627 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15629 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15634 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15635 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15637 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15638 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15639 the same, if we could detect such. */
15640 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15646 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15647 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15648 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15649 global symbol and on the other a local call
15650 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15651 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15652 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15654 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15656 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15658 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15659 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15660 - sec
->output_offset
);
15662 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15664 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15665 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15670 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15671 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15672 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15673 /* xgettext:c-format */
15674 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15675 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15676 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15678 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15679 /* xgettext:c-format */
15680 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15681 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15682 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15689 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15690 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15691 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15694 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15695 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15696 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15697 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15699 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15700 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15701 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15702 - sec
->output_offset
);
15703 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15704 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15708 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15712 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15714 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15715 + input_section
->output_offset
15716 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15718 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15722 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15723 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15724 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15725 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15726 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15727 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15728 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15729 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15732 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15733 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15734 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15735 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15736 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15737 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15738 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15739 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15740 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15741 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15744 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15745 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15746 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15747 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15748 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15749 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15750 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15751 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15754 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15756 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15757 rather than the procedure directly. */
15758 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15760 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15761 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15762 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15763 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15764 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15765 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15767 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15768 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15769 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15771 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15773 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15774 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15775 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15776 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15778 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15779 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15780 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15781 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15782 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15784 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15785 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15786 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15787 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15790 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15791 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15792 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15793 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15800 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15801 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15802 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15803 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15804 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15805 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15806 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15812 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15813 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15814 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15817 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15820 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15821 We can thus call a weak function without first
15822 checking whether the function is defined. */
15824 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15825 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15826 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15827 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15831 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15836 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15837 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15839 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15840 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15841 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15843 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15844 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15846 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15847 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15848 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15849 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15854 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15855 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15856 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15858 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15859 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15860 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15862 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15863 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15865 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15866 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15867 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15868 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15870 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15872 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15873 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15878 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15879 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15881 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15882 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15883 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15884 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15885 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15887 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15888 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15890 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15891 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15892 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15894 /* Replace with paddi. */
15895 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15896 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15897 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15898 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15899 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15905 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15906 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15908 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15909 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15911 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15912 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15913 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15914 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15917 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15918 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15919 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15921 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15923 /* zero means next insn. */
15926 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15929 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15930 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15932 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15934 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15936 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15937 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15939 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15941 addend
+= addend_off
;
15942 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15943 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15944 contents
+ offset
);
15945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15946 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15949 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15950 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15951 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15961 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
15965 /* xgettext:c-format */
15966 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
15967 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
15969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15975 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15976 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15977 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15978 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
15979 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
15980 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15981 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
15984 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
15985 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
15986 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
15987 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
15988 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15989 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15990 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15991 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15992 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15993 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
15996 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15997 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15998 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15999 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16000 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16001 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16004 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16005 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16006 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16007 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16008 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16009 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16012 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16013 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16014 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16015 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16016 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16017 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16020 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16021 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16022 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16023 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16024 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16025 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16026 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16029 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16034 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16035 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16037 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16038 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16039 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16044 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16045 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16046 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16047 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16048 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16049 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16050 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16051 because of a version file. */
16055 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16056 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16058 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16062 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16064 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16067 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16068 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16069 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16070 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16076 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16077 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16078 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16079 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16083 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16084 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16085 processed this entry. */
16087 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16091 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16092 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16100 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16101 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16104 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16105 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16106 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16109 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16111 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16113 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16114 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16115 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16116 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16118 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16119 + got
->output_offset
16121 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16122 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16124 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16125 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16126 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16128 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16129 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16130 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16131 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16133 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16134 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16136 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16139 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16140 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16141 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16142 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16143 else if (indx
!= 0)
16144 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16148 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16150 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16152 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16154 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16155 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16159 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16161 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16162 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16164 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16165 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16167 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16170 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16171 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16172 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16173 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16176 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16177 emitting a reloc. */
16180 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16183 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16187 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16190 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16191 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16192 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16195 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16197 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16198 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16202 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16203 got
->contents
+ off
);
16207 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16210 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16212 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16213 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16214 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16215 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16216 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16217 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16221 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16222 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16223 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16224 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16225 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16226 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16227 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16228 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16229 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16230 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16231 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16232 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16233 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16234 procedure linkage table. */
16235 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16237 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16239 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16240 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16242 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16243 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16244 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16248 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16250 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16251 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16252 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16257 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16258 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16260 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16263 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16264 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16265 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16267 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16269 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16270 + plt
->output_offset
16271 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16272 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16273 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16274 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16275 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16277 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16278 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16282 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16290 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16291 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16292 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16293 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16294 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16296 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16297 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16299 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16302 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16303 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16304 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16306 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16307 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16308 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16309 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16310 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16311 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16312 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16317 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16318 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16319 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16320 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16321 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16322 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16323 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16325 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16328 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16329 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16330 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16331 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16332 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16333 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16334 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16335 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16336 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16337 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16338 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16339 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16340 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16341 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16342 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16343 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16344 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16345 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16346 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16347 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16348 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16349 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16352 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16353 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16354 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16355 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16356 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16357 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16358 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16359 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16360 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16361 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16362 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16363 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16364 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16366 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16367 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16369 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16370 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16371 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16372 defined before using them. */
16373 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16375 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16376 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16378 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16381 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16382 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16383 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16384 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16385 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16388 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16389 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16390 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16391 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16392 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16393 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16394 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16395 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16396 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16397 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16398 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16399 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16400 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16401 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16402 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16405 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16406 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16411 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16416 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16417 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16418 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16421 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16422 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16423 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16424 /* Fall through. */
16426 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16428 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16429 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16430 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16431 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16432 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16433 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16434 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16435 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16436 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16437 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16438 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16439 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16440 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16441 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16442 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16443 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16444 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16445 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16446 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16447 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16448 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16449 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16450 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16451 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16452 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16453 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16454 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16455 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16457 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16458 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16459 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16462 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16465 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16468 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16470 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16471 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16472 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16474 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16475 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16477 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16482 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16483 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16489 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16490 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16491 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16493 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16494 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16495 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16496 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16497 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16498 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16500 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16501 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16502 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16503 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16504 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16505 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16506 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16507 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16508 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16509 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16512 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16513 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16515 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16517 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16518 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16519 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16523 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16524 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16525 at a local function. */
16526 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16527 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16529 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16531 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16532 when building shared libraries and we
16533 reference a function in another shared
16534 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16535 definition in an application that's
16536 overridden by a strong definition in a
16537 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16538 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16539 In these cases we won't use the opd
16540 entry in this lib. */
16541 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16544 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16546 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16547 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16548 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16551 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16553 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16554 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16555 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16556 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16563 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16564 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16566 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16567 /* xgettext:c-format */
16568 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16569 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16570 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16571 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16575 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16577 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16584 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16586 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16588 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16589 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16590 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16591 reduced to a relocation against their
16592 section symbol because it holds the
16593 address of the section, not a value
16594 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16595 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16596 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16597 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16598 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16599 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16604 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16607 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16608 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16609 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16611 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16612 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16614 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16617 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16618 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16619 the output section's address but not the
16620 offset of the input section in the output
16622 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16625 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16629 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16631 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16632 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16634 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16635 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16636 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16638 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16641 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16644 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16645 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16646 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16648 if (!warned_dynamic
16649 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16651 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16652 /* xgettext:c-format */
16653 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16654 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16656 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16658 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16661 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16662 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16663 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16664 that the section contents are a known value. */
16667 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16668 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16669 ignores section contents except for the special
16670 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16671 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16672 cause reloc overflow. */
16675 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16676 to improve backward compatibility with older
16678 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16679 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16680 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16681 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16682 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16688 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16689 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16690 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16691 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16692 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16694 /* Fall through. */
16696 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16697 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16698 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16699 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16700 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16701 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16702 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16703 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16704 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16706 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16707 /* xgettext:c-format */
16708 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16710 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16717 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16718 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16719 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16725 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16726 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16728 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16729 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16730 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16731 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16732 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16733 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16734 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16735 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16736 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16740 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16741 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16742 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16743 /* Fall through. */
16744 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16745 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16747 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16748 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16749 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16751 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16752 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16753 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16754 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16755 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16759 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16760 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16761 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16763 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16768 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16769 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16770 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16771 /* Fall through. */
16772 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16773 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16775 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16776 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16777 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16778 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16783 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16784 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16786 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16789 /* Fall through. */
16790 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16791 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16792 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16793 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16794 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16796 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16797 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16801 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16802 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16807 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16808 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16809 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16811 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16814 /* Fall through. */
16815 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16816 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16817 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16818 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16819 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16820 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16821 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16822 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16823 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16824 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16826 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16827 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16828 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16830 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16831 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16832 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16836 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16839 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16843 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16844 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16846 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16847 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16848 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16849 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16850 /* xgettext:c-format */
16851 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16852 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16853 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16854 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16857 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16863 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16864 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16865 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16867 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16868 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16869 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16871 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16876 /* Do any further special processing. */
16882 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16883 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16884 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16885 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16886 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16887 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16888 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16889 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16890 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16891 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16892 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16893 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16894 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16895 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16896 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16897 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16898 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16899 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16900 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16901 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16902 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16903 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16904 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16907 /* Fall through. */
16909 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16910 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16911 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16912 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16913 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16914 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16915 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16916 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16917 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16921 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16922 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16923 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16924 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16925 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16927 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16930 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16931 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16932 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16933 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16934 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16935 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16936 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16937 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16938 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16939 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16940 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16941 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16942 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16943 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16944 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16945 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16946 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16947 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16948 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16949 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16951 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16952 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16953 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16954 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16955 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16956 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16957 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
16958 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
16960 relocation
+= addend
;
16961 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
16962 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
16964 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
16965 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16966 /* xgettext:c-format */
16967 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
16968 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16969 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16971 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16978 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
16979 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
16980 not process them. */
16981 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
16982 if (unresolved_reloc
16983 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
16984 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
16985 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
16986 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
16988 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16989 /* xgettext:c-format */
16990 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
16991 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16993 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
16997 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
16998 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
16999 have different reloc types. */
17000 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17001 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17002 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17004 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17006 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17007 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17008 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17009 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17010 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17011 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17012 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17013 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17014 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17015 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17016 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17017 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17019 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17020 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17021 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17027 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17029 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17030 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17031 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17032 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17033 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17034 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17035 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17036 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17038 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17039 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17040 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17041 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17043 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17044 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17045 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17048 relocation
+= addend
;
17049 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17050 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17051 + input_section
->output_offset
17052 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17053 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17055 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17057 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17059 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17060 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17061 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17062 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17063 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17065 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17066 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17067 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17068 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17072 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17073 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17074 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17077 relocation
+= addend
;
17078 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17079 + input_section
->output_offset
17080 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17081 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17082 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17084 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17085 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17087 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17088 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17093 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17094 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17095 relocation
, addend
);
17098 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17100 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17101 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17103 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17105 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17106 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17108 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17109 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17110 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17111 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17115 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17117 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17118 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17120 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17122 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17123 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17124 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17125 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17126 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17128 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17133 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17134 /* xgettext:c-format */
17135 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17136 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17137 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17150 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17152 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17153 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17154 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17156 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17158 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17159 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17162 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17163 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17164 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17167 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17168 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17169 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17170 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17171 opd_entry_value. */
17172 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17175 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17176 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17177 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17178 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17181 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17186 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17189 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17190 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17191 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17192 asection
*input_sec
,
17193 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17195 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17202 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17203 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17206 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17207 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17208 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17210 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17214 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17218 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17219 dynamic sections here. */
17222 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17223 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17227 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17228 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17230 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17234 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17235 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17236 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17238 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17239 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17240 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17241 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17242 function pointer comparisons work between an
17243 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17245 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17246 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17248 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17250 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17251 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17252 function pointer. */
17259 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17260 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17261 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17262 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17264 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17265 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17269 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17272 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17273 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17275 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17276 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17278 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17279 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17280 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17281 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17287 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17288 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17290 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17291 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17292 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17293 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17295 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17296 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17298 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17299 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17301 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17304 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17305 return reloc_class_relative
;
17306 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17307 return reloc_class_plt
;
17309 return reloc_class_copy
;
17311 return reloc_class_normal
;
17315 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17318 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17319 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17321 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17325 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17329 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17330 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17332 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17334 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17336 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17339 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17340 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17341 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17343 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17346 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17353 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17355 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17356 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17357 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17358 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17359 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17360 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17364 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17367 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17371 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17372 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17373 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17374 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17375 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17378 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17382 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17386 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17387 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17391 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17392 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17396 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17400 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17401 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17402 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17403 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17407 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17411 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17412 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17414 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17415 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17416 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17417 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17418 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17420 /* Set .got entry size. */
17421 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17425 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17426 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17428 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17429 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17430 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17433 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17434 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17435 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17436 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17437 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17439 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17440 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17444 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17445 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17446 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17448 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17449 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17454 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17455 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17456 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17457 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17458 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17459 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17462 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17463 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17465 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17469 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17472 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17475 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17476 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17477 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17480 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17483 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17484 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17485 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17493 #include "elf64-target.h"
17495 /* FreeBSD support */
17497 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17498 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17500 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17501 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17502 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17503 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17506 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17509 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17511 #include "elf64-target.h"